1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
74 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "termhooks.h"
84 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
106 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
109 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
112 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
117 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #define ARROW_SCROLLBAR
134 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h>
135 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
137 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
138 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
140 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
141 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
142 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
143 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
145 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
147 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
148 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
149 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
154 #ifndef XtNinitialState
155 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
159 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
163 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
165 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
167 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
170 static int any_help_event_p
;
172 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
173 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
175 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
177 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
179 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
182 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
184 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
185 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
186 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
187 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
189 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
191 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
192 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
193 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
194 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
196 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
198 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
200 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
203 /* The application context for Xt use. */
204 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
205 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
206 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
208 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
210 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
214 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
215 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
216 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
217 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
219 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
221 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
222 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
223 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
224 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
225 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
226 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
227 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
228 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
229 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
232 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
234 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
235 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
237 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
239 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
240 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
243 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
244 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
247 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
249 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
250 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
251 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
252 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
253 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
254 it's somewhat accurate. */
256 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
258 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
262 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
264 static int input_signal_count
;
267 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
269 static int x_noop_count
;
271 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
273 extern char **initial_argv
;
274 extern int initial_argc
;
276 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
278 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
280 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
282 extern Lisp_Object Qface
, Qmouse_face
, Qeql
;
286 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
288 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
290 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
292 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
293 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
294 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
296 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
297 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
, Qutf_8
;
299 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
300 extern Lisp_Object x_icon_type
P_ ((struct frame
*));
303 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
304 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
305 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
306 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
307 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
308 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
310 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
311 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
312 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
313 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
314 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
315 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
316 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
317 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
318 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
319 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
320 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
321 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
322 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
323 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
324 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
325 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
326 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
327 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
328 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
329 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
330 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
331 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
332 static int x_focus_changed
P_ ((int,
334 struct x_display_info
*,
336 struct input_event
*,
338 static int x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
340 struct input_event
*,
342 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
343 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
344 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
345 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
346 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
348 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
350 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
351 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
352 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
353 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
354 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Window
));
355 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
356 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
357 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
359 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
360 static void x_check_fullscreen_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
361 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
363 struct input_event
**,
368 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
377 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
378 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
379 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
381 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
382 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
387 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
388 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
389 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
390 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
391 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
394 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
397 /***********************************************************************
399 ***********************************************************************/
403 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
404 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
412 struct record event_record
[100];
414 int event_record_index
;
416 record_event (locus
, type
)
420 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
421 event_record_index
= 0;
423 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
424 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
425 event_record_index
++;
432 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
434 struct x_display_info
*
435 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
438 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
440 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
441 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
449 /***********************************************************************
450 Starting and ending an update
451 ***********************************************************************/
453 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
454 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
455 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
456 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
457 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
467 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
468 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
472 x_update_window_begin (w
)
475 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
476 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
479 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
483 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
485 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
486 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
488 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
490 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
491 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
493 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
494 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
495 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
496 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
497 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
498 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
500 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
501 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
502 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
503 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
504 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
505 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
506 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
510 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
511 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
514 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
515 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
524 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
527 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
531 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
533 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
534 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
537 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
539 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
540 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
542 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
543 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
544 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
546 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
547 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
551 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
553 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
555 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
557 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
562 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
564 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
566 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
570 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
571 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
572 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
574 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
575 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
576 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
579 updated_window
= NULL
;
583 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
590 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
591 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
595 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
601 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
602 complete update has been performed. The global variable
603 updated_window is not available here. */
606 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
611 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
613 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
614 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
617 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
618 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
619 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
620 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
621 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
628 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
629 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
630 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
631 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
632 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
633 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
636 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
637 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
639 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
645 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
648 draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w
, desired_row
);
652 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
653 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
654 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
655 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
656 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
657 overhead is very small. */
658 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
659 && desired_row
->full_width_p
660 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
661 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
663 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
666 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
668 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
669 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
670 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
674 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
675 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
676 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
677 f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_width
- width
,
678 y
, width
, height
, False
);
684 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
686 struct glyph_row
*row
;
687 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
689 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
690 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
691 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
692 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
693 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
695 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
696 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
, 1);
700 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
701 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
702 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
703 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
705 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
707 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
709 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
710 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
713 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
716 if (p
->which
!= NO_FRINGE_BITMAP
)
718 unsigned char *bits
= fringe_bitmaps
[p
->which
].bits
+ p
->dh
;
720 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
722 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
724 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
726 face
->background
, depth
);
727 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
728 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
729 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
732 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
737 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
738 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
739 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
743 XTset_terminal_modes ()
747 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
748 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
751 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
757 /***********************************************************************
759 ***********************************************************************/
761 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
763 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
766 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
767 is not contained in the font. */
770 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
773 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
775 /* The result metric information. */
776 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
778 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
780 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
782 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
784 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
785 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
786 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
787 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
788 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
789 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
790 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
791 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
792 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
793 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
797 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
798 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
799 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
800 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
802 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
803 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
807 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
809 \ = integer modulus */
810 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
811 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
812 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
813 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
815 pcm
= (font
->per_char
816 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
817 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
818 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
824 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
825 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
826 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
827 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
828 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
829 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
833 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
838 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
839 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
842 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
845 struct font_info
*font_info
;
848 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
849 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
851 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
852 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
854 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
856 /* It's a program. */
857 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
859 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
861 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
862 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
867 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
868 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
869 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
872 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
874 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
876 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
877 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
879 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
881 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
883 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
885 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
887 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
888 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
889 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
891 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
892 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
896 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
898 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
903 /***********************************************************************
905 ***********************************************************************/
909 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
910 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
911 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
913 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
914 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
915 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
916 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
917 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
918 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
919 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
920 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
921 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
922 unsigned long *, double, int));
923 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
924 double, int, unsigned long));
925 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
926 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
927 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
928 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
929 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
930 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
932 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
933 int, int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
934 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
935 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
938 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
942 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
947 struct glyph_string
*s
;
949 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
950 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
951 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
953 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
956 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
960 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
961 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
963 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
964 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
965 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
966 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
967 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
968 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
969 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
971 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
972 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
973 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
975 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
976 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
979 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
980 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
981 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
982 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
984 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
985 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
988 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
989 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
991 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
996 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
999 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1000 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1005 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1006 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1007 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1009 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1011 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1012 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1014 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1015 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1016 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1018 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1019 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1020 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1023 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1028 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1029 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1030 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1031 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1032 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1033 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1035 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1036 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1039 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1040 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1042 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1045 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1049 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1050 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1051 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1054 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1055 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1057 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1061 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1062 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1066 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1067 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1069 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1071 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1073 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1074 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1076 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1078 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1079 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1081 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1083 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1086 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1088 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1089 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1091 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1092 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1094 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1095 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1099 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1100 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1103 /* GC must have been set. */
1104 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1108 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1109 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1112 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1113 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1116 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1117 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1122 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1123 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1126 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1127 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1130 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1133 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1134 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1135 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1136 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1137 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1142 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1145 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1146 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1150 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1151 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1152 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1153 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1157 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1158 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1159 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1160 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1161 contains the first component of a composition. */
1164 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1165 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1168 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1169 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1170 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1172 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1176 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1177 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1178 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1179 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1180 s
->background_width
,
1181 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1182 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1183 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1185 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1186 || s
->font_not_found_p
1187 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1190 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1191 s
->background_width
,
1192 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1193 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1199 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1202 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1203 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1207 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1208 of S to the right of that box line. */
1209 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1210 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1211 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1215 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1217 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1219 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1221 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1222 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1223 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1225 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1230 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1231 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1233 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1234 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1236 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1238 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1239 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1241 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1242 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1243 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1244 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1245 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1246 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
1247 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1249 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1251 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1252 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1254 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1255 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1260 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1261 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1263 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1264 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1267 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1269 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1270 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1272 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1273 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1275 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1276 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1281 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1284 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1285 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1289 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1290 of S to the right of that box line. */
1291 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1292 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1293 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1297 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1298 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1299 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1300 this composition. */
1302 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1303 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1304 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1307 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1308 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1312 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1314 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1315 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1316 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1318 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1319 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1320 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1321 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1328 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1330 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1331 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1332 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1333 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1334 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1337 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1338 cannot be determined. */
1340 static struct frame
*
1341 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1344 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1348 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1350 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1351 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1352 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1353 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1354 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1355 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1357 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1358 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1359 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1360 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1361 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1362 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1363 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1364 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1371 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1372 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1373 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1374 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1377 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1382 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1383 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1387 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1388 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1389 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1390 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1391 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1392 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1395 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1399 unsigned long *pixel
;
1403 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1404 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1408 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1409 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1411 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1413 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1415 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1420 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1421 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1423 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1426 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1428 DPY is the display we are working on.
1430 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1431 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1432 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1433 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1435 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1436 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1438 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1439 we allocated the color or not.
1441 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1444 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1448 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1449 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1459 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1460 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1462 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1466 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1467 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1468 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1470 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1472 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1473 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1475 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1477 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1478 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1480 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1481 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1483 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1484 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1489 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1491 params
[0] = color_name
;
1492 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1493 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1494 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1499 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1501 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1503 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1507 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1511 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1512 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1515 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1520 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1521 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1522 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1524 APP is the application context in which we work.
1526 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1527 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1528 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1530 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1533 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1542 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1544 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1547 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1549 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1550 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1551 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1552 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1553 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1558 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1561 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1562 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1563 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1564 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1566 static const XColor
*
1567 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1571 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1573 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1575 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1578 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1579 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1580 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1581 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1582 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1584 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1585 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1587 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1588 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1591 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1592 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1596 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1597 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1600 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1605 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1607 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1610 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1612 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1613 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1614 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1615 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1619 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1623 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1624 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1627 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1631 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1635 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1636 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1637 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1641 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1648 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1651 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1652 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1653 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1654 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1656 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1658 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1660 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1662 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1663 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1664 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1665 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1667 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1670 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1674 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1675 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1676 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1677 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1681 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1682 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1683 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1684 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1685 XColor
*cached_color
;
1687 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1688 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1689 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1690 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1691 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1693 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1694 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1695 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1699 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1701 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1702 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1708 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1709 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1710 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1714 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1719 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1720 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1724 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1725 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1726 get color reference counts right. */
1729 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1731 unsigned long pixel
;
1735 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1737 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1738 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1740 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1741 register_color (pixel
);
1747 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1748 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1749 get color reference counts right. */
1752 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1755 unsigned long pixel
;
1759 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1761 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1762 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1764 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1765 register_color (pixel
);
1771 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1774 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1775 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1776 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1777 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1778 use an additional additive factor.
1780 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1781 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1782 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1785 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1786 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1787 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1788 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1789 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1790 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1793 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1797 unsigned long *pixel
;
1805 /* Get RGB color values. */
1806 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1807 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1809 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1810 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1811 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1812 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1813 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1815 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1816 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1818 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1819 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1820 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1821 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1822 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1824 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1825 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1826 /* The additive adjustment. */
1827 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1831 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1832 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1833 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1837 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1838 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1839 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1843 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1844 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1847 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1849 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1850 delta to the RGB values. */
1851 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1853 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1854 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1855 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1856 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1867 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1868 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1869 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1870 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1871 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1872 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1875 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1877 struct relief
*relief
;
1880 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1883 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1884 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1885 unsigned long pixel
;
1886 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1887 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1888 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1889 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1891 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1892 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1894 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1895 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1896 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1898 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1900 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1901 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1904 /* Allocate new color. */
1905 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1907 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1908 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1910 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1911 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1914 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1916 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1918 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1921 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1925 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1928 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1929 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1931 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1932 unsigned long color
;
1934 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1935 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1936 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1938 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1939 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1944 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1945 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1946 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1949 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1950 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1952 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1953 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1954 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1955 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1956 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1961 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1962 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1963 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1964 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1965 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1966 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1970 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
1971 raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
1973 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
1974 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
1976 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1977 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1982 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1984 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1985 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1988 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
1989 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1990 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
1991 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
1995 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
1996 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1997 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
1999 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2001 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2003 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2004 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2007 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2008 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2009 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2010 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2014 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2015 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2016 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2018 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2022 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2023 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2024 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2025 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2026 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2027 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2030 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2031 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2032 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2033 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2034 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2038 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2039 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2040 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2043 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2044 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2048 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2049 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2052 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2053 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2057 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2058 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2060 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2061 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2065 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2068 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2069 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2071 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2072 int left_p
, right_p
;
2073 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2074 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2076 last_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
);
2077 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
2078 && !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2080 last_x
+= FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s
->f
);
2081 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (s
->f
))
2082 last_x
+= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s
->f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (s
->f
);
2085 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2086 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2088 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2090 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2091 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2093 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2095 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2097 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2099 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2100 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2102 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2103 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2104 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2106 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2108 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2110 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2111 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2112 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2115 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2116 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2117 width
, raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2122 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2125 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2126 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2129 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2131 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2132 right of that line. */
2133 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2134 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2135 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2139 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2141 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2142 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2148 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2149 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2150 trust on the shape extension to be available
2151 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2153 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2156 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2158 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2159 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2160 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2161 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2162 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2164 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2167 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
2168 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
2169 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2170 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2171 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2175 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2177 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2180 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
2181 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
2182 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2183 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2184 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2186 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2187 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2188 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2189 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2190 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2191 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2192 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2194 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2196 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2197 s
->img
->width
+ r
*2 - 1, s
->img
->height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2202 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2203 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2204 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
2208 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2211 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2212 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2214 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2217 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2219 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2220 right of that line. */
2221 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2222 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2223 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2227 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2229 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2230 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2232 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2233 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2235 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2236 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2240 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2241 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2246 x1
= x
+ s
->img
->width
+ thick
- 1;
2247 y1
= y
+ s
->img
->height
+ thick
- 1;
2249 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2250 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2251 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, 1, 1, &r
);
2255 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2258 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2259 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2263 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2265 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2266 right of that line. */
2267 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2268 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2269 x
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2273 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2275 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2276 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2282 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2283 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2284 trust on the shape extension to be available
2285 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2287 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2291 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2292 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2293 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2294 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2295 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2297 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2298 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
2299 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2303 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2304 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
2306 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2307 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2308 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2309 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2310 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2311 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2312 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2314 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2316 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2317 s
->img
->width
+ r
*2 - 1, s
->img
->height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2322 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2323 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2324 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
2328 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2329 give the rectangle to draw. */
2332 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2333 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2338 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2339 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2340 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2341 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2344 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2348 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2351 s->x +-------------------------
2354 | +-------------------------
2357 | | +-------------------
2363 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2364 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2367 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2368 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2370 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2372 height
= s
->height
- 2 * box_line_vwidth
;
2375 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2376 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2378 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2379 if (height
> s
->img
->height
2383 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2384 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2386 if (box_line_hwidth
&& s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2387 x
= s
->x
+ box_line_hwidth
;
2391 y
= s
->y
+ box_line_vwidth
;
2395 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2396 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2397 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2398 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2399 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2401 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2402 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2403 s
->background_width
,
2406 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2408 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2410 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2413 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2414 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2415 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2416 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2417 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2422 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2424 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2425 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2426 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2427 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2431 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2433 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2436 /* Draw the foreground. */
2439 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2440 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2441 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2442 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2443 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2446 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2448 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2450 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2451 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2452 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2456 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2459 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2460 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2462 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2463 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2465 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2466 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2468 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2469 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2470 int width
= min (CANON_X_UNIT (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2473 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2475 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2476 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2478 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2479 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2483 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2484 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2486 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2492 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2493 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2495 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2497 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2498 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2499 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2500 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2505 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2506 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2507 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2508 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2512 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2513 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2516 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2520 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2523 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2524 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2526 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2528 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2529 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2530 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2531 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2533 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2534 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2535 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2536 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2539 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2540 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2542 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2543 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2544 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
2545 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2546 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2547 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2550 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2551 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2552 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2553 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2557 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2559 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2562 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2566 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2570 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2571 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2573 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2574 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2577 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2578 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2579 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2581 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2582 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2589 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2591 /* Draw underline. */
2592 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2594 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2597 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2598 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2601 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2602 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2603 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2604 specs, and its default is
2606 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2607 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2609 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2610 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2611 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2612 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2613 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2615 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2617 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2618 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2619 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2623 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2624 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2625 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2626 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2627 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2631 /* Draw overline. */
2632 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2634 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2636 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2637 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2642 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2643 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2644 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2646 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2650 /* Draw strike-through. */
2651 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2653 unsigned long h
= 1;
2654 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2656 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2657 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2662 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2663 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2664 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2666 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2670 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2671 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2672 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2675 /* Reset clipping. */
2676 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2679 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2682 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2684 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2686 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2687 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2688 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2692 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2703 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2704 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2707 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2714 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2715 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2719 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2720 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2730 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2732 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2734 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2735 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2736 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2738 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2739 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2741 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2743 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2744 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2745 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2747 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2750 xg_frame_cleared (f
);
2758 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2760 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2761 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2763 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2766 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2767 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2770 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2771 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2773 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2774 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2775 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2777 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2778 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2782 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2784 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2785 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2789 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2791 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2792 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2794 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2796 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2808 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2809 pixels into background pixels. */
2813 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2814 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2815 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2817 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2818 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2822 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2823 int height
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_HEIGHT (f
));
2824 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2825 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2826 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2827 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2828 int flash_right
= PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2832 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2833 edge it is next to. */
2834 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2836 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2837 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2840 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2841 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2848 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2850 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2851 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2853 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2855 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2856 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
)),
2857 width
, flash_height
);
2858 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2860 (height
- flash_height
2861 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2862 width
, flash_height
);
2865 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2866 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2867 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2868 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2873 struct timeval wakeup
;
2875 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2877 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2878 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2879 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2880 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2882 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2884 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2886 struct timeval current
;
2887 struct timeval timeout
;
2889 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2891 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2892 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2895 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2897 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2899 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2900 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2904 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2905 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2907 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2909 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2910 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
)),
2911 width
, flash_height
);
2912 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2914 (height
- flash_height
2915 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2916 width
, flash_height
);
2919 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2920 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2921 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2922 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2924 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
2932 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
2935 /* Make audible bell. */
2940 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2942 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
2944 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2951 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
2952 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2959 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
2960 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
2961 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
2962 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
2965 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
2968 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
2973 /***********************************************************************
2975 ***********************************************************************/
2977 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
2978 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
2981 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
2988 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
2991 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
2995 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
2996 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
2998 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
2999 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3001 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3002 width
+= FRAME_X_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
3003 x
-= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
3005 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3006 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3007 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3011 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3012 line at the bottom. */
3013 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3014 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3016 height
= run
->height
;
3020 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3022 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3023 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3025 height
= run
->height
;
3030 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3034 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3035 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3036 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3046 /***********************************************************************
3048 ***********************************************************************/
3055 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3056 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3057 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3058 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3060 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3061 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3063 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3067 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3070 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3071 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3072 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3073 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3075 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3076 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3078 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3081 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3082 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3083 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3084 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3085 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3088 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3089 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3090 struct frame
*frame
;
3092 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3094 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3096 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3097 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3098 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3100 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3101 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3104 selected_frame
= frame
;
3105 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3107 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
);
3108 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3111 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3112 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3114 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3117 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3120 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3121 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3122 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into BUFP.
3123 Returns number of events inserted into BUFP. */
3126 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
, numchars
)
3129 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3130 struct frame
*frame
;
3131 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3136 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3138 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3140 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3141 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3143 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3144 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3146 && GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3147 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3148 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3150 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3151 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3159 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3162 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3163 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3166 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3168 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3170 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3172 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3173 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3177 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3178 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3185 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3186 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3188 Returns number of events inserted into BUFP. */
3191 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
, numchars
)
3192 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3194 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3197 struct frame
*frame
;
3200 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3201 if (! frame
) return nr_events
;
3203 switch (event
->type
)
3207 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3208 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3209 && ! (frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3210 nr_events
= x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
3211 ? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3221 nr_events
= x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3222 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
3223 ? FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3235 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3238 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3239 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3241 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3244 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3245 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3246 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3248 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3249 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3250 the appropriate X display info. */
3253 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3254 struct frame
*frame
;
3256 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3260 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3261 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3263 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3265 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3267 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3268 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3269 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3270 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3271 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3273 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3274 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3278 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3280 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3283 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3284 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3285 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3291 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3293 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3295 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3296 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3298 int min_code
, max_code
;
3301 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3303 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3304 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3305 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3306 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3307 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3310 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3312 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3313 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3316 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3317 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3319 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3321 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3322 Alt keysyms are on. */
3324 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3326 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3327 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3330 = mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3332 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3336 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3340 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3342 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3348 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3353 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3358 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3363 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3367 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3368 if ((1 << row
) == LockMask
)
3369 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3377 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3378 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3380 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3381 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3384 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3385 make them just meta, not alt. */
3386 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3388 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3391 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3392 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3395 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3399 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3400 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3403 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3404 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3405 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3406 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3409 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3410 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3411 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3412 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3413 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3414 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3415 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3416 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3419 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3420 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3421 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3422 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3423 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3424 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3428 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3429 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3432 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3433 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3434 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3435 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3439 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3440 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3441 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3442 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3443 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3444 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3445 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3446 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3449 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3450 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3451 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3452 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3453 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3454 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3457 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3460 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3466 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3474 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3476 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3478 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3482 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3483 struct input_event
*result
;
3484 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3487 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3489 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3490 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3491 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3492 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3494 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3498 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3499 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3500 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3506 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3507 The input handler calls this.
3509 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3510 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3511 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3512 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3514 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3515 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3518 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3520 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3522 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3523 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3524 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3526 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3528 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3529 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3530 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3533 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3534 else if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3535 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3536 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3537 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3539 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3540 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3541 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3546 /************************************************************************
3548 ************************************************************************/
3551 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3553 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3554 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3555 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3556 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3557 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3561 static int glyph_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int, XRectangle
*));
3564 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
3565 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
3566 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
3570 glyph_rect (f
, x
, y
, rect
)
3578 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0);
3581 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
3582 struct glyph_row
*r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
3583 struct glyph_row
*end
= r
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
- 1;
3585 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
3587 for (; !found
&& r
< end
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
3590 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
3591 struct glyph
*end
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
3594 for (gx
= r
->x
; !found
&& g
< end
; gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
)
3597 rect
->width
= g
->pixel_width
;
3598 rect
->height
= r
->height
;
3599 rect
->x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, gx
);
3600 rect
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->y
);
3610 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3611 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3613 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3614 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3615 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3616 position on the scroll bar.
3618 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3619 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3622 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3623 was at this position.
3625 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3627 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3631 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3634 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3635 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3637 unsigned long *time
;
3643 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3644 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3650 Window dummy_window
;
3653 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3655 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3656 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3657 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3658 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3660 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3662 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3663 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3664 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3666 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3669 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3670 a different screen. */
3673 /* The position on that root window. */
3676 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3679 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3681 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3683 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3684 containing the pointer. */
3688 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3693 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3694 structure is changing at the same time this function
3695 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3697 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3699 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3700 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3702 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3703 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3704 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3706 /* From-window, to-window. */
3707 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3709 /* From-position, to-position. */
3710 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3714 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3720 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3722 /* From-window, to-window. */
3725 /* From-position, to-position. */
3726 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3731 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3739 /* Now we know that:
3740 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3741 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3742 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3743 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3744 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3745 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3746 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3747 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3748 never use them in that case.) */
3750 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3751 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3753 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3754 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3757 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3758 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3760 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3763 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3766 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
3768 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3771 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (win
);
3775 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3781 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3782 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3786 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3787 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3788 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3789 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3790 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3791 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3792 the frame are divided into. */
3794 int width
, height
, gx
, gy
;
3797 if (glyph_rect (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &rect
))
3798 last_mouse_glyph
= rect
;
3801 width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1
);
3802 height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1
);
3806 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to
3807 round down even for negative values. */
3812 gx
= (gx
+ width
- 1) / width
* width
;
3813 gy
= (gy
+ height
- 1) / height
* height
;
3815 last_mouse_glyph
.width
= width
;
3816 last_mouse_glyph
.height
= height
;
3817 last_mouse_glyph
.x
= gx
;
3818 last_mouse_glyph
.y
= gy
;
3824 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3825 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3826 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3836 /***********************************************************************
3838 ***********************************************************************/
3840 /* Scroll bar support. */
3842 /* Given an X window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
3843 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3846 static struct scroll_bar
*
3847 x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id
)
3853 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (window_id
);
3854 #endif /* USE_GTK */
3856 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3857 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3860 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3862 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3863 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3864 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3867 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3869 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3870 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3871 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3872 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3873 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3876 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3877 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
)
3878 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3885 #if defined USE_LUCID
3887 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3888 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3891 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3896 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3897 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3900 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3901 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3903 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3910 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3913 /************************************************************************
3915 ************************************************************************/
3917 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3919 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3920 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3921 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3922 struct scroll_bar
*));
3923 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
3927 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
3928 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
3930 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
3932 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
3934 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
3936 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
3937 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
3940 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
3942 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
3944 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
3946 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
3947 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
3948 to avoid jerkyness. */
3950 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
3952 extern void set_vertical_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct window
*));
3954 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
3955 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
3956 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
3957 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
3960 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
3963 XtPointer client_data
;
3967 Cardinal
*num_params
;
3973 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
3974 end_action
= "Release";
3975 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
3976 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
3977 end_action
= "EndScroll";
3978 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
3981 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
3982 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
3986 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
3987 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
3988 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
3990 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
3992 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
3993 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
3994 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
3996 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
3997 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
3999 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4000 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4003 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4005 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4006 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4008 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4009 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4012 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4013 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4014 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4015 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4018 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4020 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4023 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4024 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4025 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4030 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4031 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4032 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4033 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4034 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4037 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4038 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4039 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4040 into that array in the event. */
4041 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4042 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4045 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4047 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4048 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4049 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4051 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4053 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4054 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4057 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4058 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4059 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4060 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4061 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4062 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4064 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4065 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4067 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4068 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4069 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4070 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4075 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4079 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4081 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4083 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4088 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4089 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4091 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4092 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4094 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4095 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4098 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4100 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4102 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4103 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4104 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4105 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4106 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4112 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4114 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4117 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4118 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4119 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4122 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4124 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4126 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4127 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4128 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4132 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4133 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4134 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4137 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4138 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4139 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4142 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4143 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4144 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4147 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4148 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4149 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4153 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4154 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4157 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4158 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4159 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4166 /* Get the slider size. */
4168 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4171 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4172 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4173 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4174 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4178 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4184 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4185 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4186 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4191 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4193 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4194 bar adjustment widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4197 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4201 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4207 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4208 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (widget
);
4210 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4212 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4214 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4217 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4219 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4225 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4227 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4229 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4230 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4232 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4234 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4235 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4237 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4239 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4240 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4242 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4244 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4245 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4249 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4250 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4251 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4252 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4257 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4258 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4259 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4263 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4265 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4266 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4267 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4271 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4273 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4275 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4276 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4278 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4281 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4283 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4287 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4289 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4290 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4291 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4292 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4293 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4295 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4297 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4299 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4300 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4301 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4302 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4306 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4307 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4308 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4309 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4310 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4311 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4312 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4315 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4317 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4319 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4320 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4321 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4325 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4327 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4330 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4331 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4333 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4334 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4335 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4336 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4338 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4340 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4341 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4342 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4343 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4346 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4347 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4349 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4351 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4352 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4356 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4358 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4360 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4363 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4368 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4371 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4373 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4379 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4380 unsigned long pixel
;
4385 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4386 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4387 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4388 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4389 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4390 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4391 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4392 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4394 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4397 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4401 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4404 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4408 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4409 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4411 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4412 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4414 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4416 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4418 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4420 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4422 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4424 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4427 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4428 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4430 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4431 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4432 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4433 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4435 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4437 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4438 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4439 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4440 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4441 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4442 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4443 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4444 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4446 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4449 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4453 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4456 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4460 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4462 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4463 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4465 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4466 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4467 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4469 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4471 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4473 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4474 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4475 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4477 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4480 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4481 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4482 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4483 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4484 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4486 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4490 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4491 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4492 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4494 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4496 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4499 /* Specify the colors. */
4500 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4503 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "topShadowPixel", pixel
);
4506 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4509 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "bottomShadowPixel", pixel
);
4514 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4515 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4519 char *val
= initial
;
4520 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4521 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4523 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4524 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4525 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */
4526 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4530 /* Define callbacks. */
4531 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4532 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4535 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4536 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4538 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4540 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4541 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4542 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4543 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4545 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4546 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4547 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4548 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4552 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4555 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4556 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4560 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4561 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4562 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4564 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4567 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4569 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4570 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4571 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4573 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4574 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4581 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4582 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4583 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4584 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4585 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4586 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4587 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4588 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4589 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4590 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4591 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4592 portion
= XFASTINT (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->height
) * 30;
4593 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4594 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4601 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4602 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4605 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4609 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4610 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4612 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4613 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4614 size
= max (size
, 1);
4616 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4617 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4618 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4620 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4622 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4628 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4629 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4633 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4635 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4636 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4637 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4641 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4642 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4643 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4646 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4647 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4649 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4650 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4651 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4652 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4654 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4655 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4659 ScrollbarWidget sb
= (ScrollbarWidget
) widget
;
4660 int scroll_mode
= 0;
4662 /* `scroll_mode' only exists with Xaw3d + ARROW_SCROLLBAR. */
4663 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
)
4665 /* Xaw3d stupidly ignores resize requests while dragging
4666 so we have to make it believe it's not in dragging mode. */
4667 scroll_mode
= sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
;
4668 if (scroll_mode
== 2)
4669 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= 0;
4672 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4673 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4674 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4676 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4679 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& scroll_mode
== 2)
4680 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= scroll_mode
;
4685 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4689 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4691 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4695 /************************************************************************
4696 Scroll bars, general
4697 ************************************************************************/
4699 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4700 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4701 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4704 static struct scroll_bar
*
4705 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4707 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4709 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4710 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4711 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4715 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4716 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4717 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4719 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4723 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4724 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4725 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4727 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4728 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4730 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4732 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4734 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4735 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4736 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4737 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4738 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4740 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4742 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4743 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4744 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4746 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4748 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4755 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4757 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4759 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4760 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4761 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4762 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4763 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4764 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4765 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4766 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4768 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4769 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4771 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4772 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4773 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4775 /* Map the window/widget. */
4776 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4779 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4780 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4782 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4783 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4787 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4788 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4789 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4790 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4791 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4793 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4794 max (height
, 1), 0);
4795 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4796 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4798 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4799 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4800 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4807 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4809 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4810 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4811 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4814 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4815 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4816 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4817 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4818 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4820 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4823 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4824 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4828 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4829 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4830 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4831 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4833 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4835 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4836 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4842 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4843 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4844 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4846 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4847 the distance between start and end. */
4849 int length
= end
- start
;
4853 else if (start
> top_range
)
4855 end
= start
+ length
;
4859 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4863 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4864 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4865 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4867 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4868 if (end
> top_range
)
4871 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4872 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4873 that many pixels tall. */
4874 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4876 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4877 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4879 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4880 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4881 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4882 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4883 inside_width
, start
,
4886 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4887 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4888 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4889 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4891 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4892 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4893 /* x, y, width, height */
4894 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4895 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4896 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4898 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4899 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4900 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4901 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4903 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4904 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4905 if (end
< inside_height
)
4906 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4907 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4908 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4909 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4910 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4918 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4920 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4924 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4925 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4927 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4930 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4932 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4933 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4934 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
4935 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4937 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4940 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
4941 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4947 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
4948 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
4949 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
4953 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
4955 int portion
, whole
, position
;
4957 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4958 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4959 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
4960 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
, window_height
;
4962 /* Get window dimensions. */
4963 window_box (w
, -1, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, &window_height
);
4965 width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
4966 height
= window_height
;
4968 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
4969 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
4970 left
= XINT (w
->left
) + XINT (w
->width
) - FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
);
4972 left
= XFASTINT (w
->left
);
4973 left
*= CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
4974 left
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
4976 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
4977 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
4978 if (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
4979 sb_width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
4983 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
4984 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4985 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
4986 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
4988 sb_left
= left
+ (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
4990 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
4991 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
4996 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
4997 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
4999 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5002 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5003 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5007 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5011 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5012 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5014 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5018 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5020 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5022 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5024 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5027 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5031 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5032 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5034 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5035 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5039 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5041 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5042 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5043 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5044 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5045 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5046 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5048 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5049 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5051 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5052 max (height
, 1), 0);
5054 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5055 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5057 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5058 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5059 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5061 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5062 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5064 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5065 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5066 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5070 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5071 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5072 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5075 int area_width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5076 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5077 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5079 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (f
))
5080 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5081 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5082 rest
, height
, False
);
5084 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5085 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5089 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5094 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5096 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5098 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5102 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5104 /* Remember new settings. */
5105 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5106 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5107 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5108 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5113 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5114 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5115 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5116 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5118 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5120 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5123 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5126 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5127 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5128 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5131 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5133 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5137 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5138 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5139 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5140 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5141 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5142 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5143 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5145 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5146 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5147 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5150 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5153 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5154 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5157 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5158 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5159 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5160 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5161 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5162 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5163 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5168 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5169 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5172 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5173 struct window
*window
;
5175 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5178 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5179 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5182 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5184 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5185 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5186 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5188 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5190 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5191 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5193 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5194 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5195 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5197 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5198 one or the other! */
5202 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5204 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5205 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5207 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5209 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5210 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5211 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5214 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5215 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5218 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5221 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5223 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5225 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5226 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5227 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5229 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5231 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5233 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5236 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5239 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5240 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5244 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5245 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5246 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5248 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5252 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5253 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5256 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5257 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5258 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5259 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5263 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5265 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5266 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5268 /* x, y, width, height */
5270 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5271 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5276 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5278 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5279 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5281 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5286 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5287 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5289 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5291 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5294 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5295 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5296 emacs_event
->modifiers
5297 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5298 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5299 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5300 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5303 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5304 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5305 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5308 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5310 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5313 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5314 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5317 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5319 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5320 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5321 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5322 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5324 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5326 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5327 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5328 whether or not we're dragging. */
5330 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5332 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5333 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5334 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5337 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5338 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5339 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5340 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5342 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5343 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5345 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5346 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5350 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5352 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5354 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5355 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5357 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5359 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5362 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5366 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5368 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5370 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5374 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5375 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5378 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5380 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5383 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5385 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5386 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5388 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5389 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5391 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5393 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5395 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5400 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5402 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5403 on the scroll bar. */
5406 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5408 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5409 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5411 unsigned long *time
;
5413 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5414 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5415 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5417 Window dummy_window
;
5419 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5423 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5425 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5427 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5428 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5429 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5431 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5434 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5441 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5444 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5446 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5448 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5449 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5453 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5457 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5459 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5460 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5461 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5462 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5463 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5464 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5466 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5468 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5469 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5472 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5475 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5481 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5482 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5483 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5487 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5490 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5493 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5494 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5495 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5496 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5497 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5498 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5499 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5500 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5502 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5506 /* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */
5508 struct selection_event_queue
5511 struct selection_event_queue
*next
;
5514 static struct selection_event_queue
*queue
;
5516 /* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */
5518 static int x_queue_selection_requests
;
5520 /* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */
5523 x_queue_event (f
, event
)
5527 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
5528 = (struct selection_event_queue
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue
));
5530 if (queue_tmp
!= NULL
)
5532 queue_tmp
->event
= *event
;
5533 queue_tmp
->next
= queue
;
5538 /* Take all the queued events and put them back
5539 so that they get processed afresh. */
5542 x_unqueue_events (display
)
5545 while (queue
!= NULL
)
5547 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
= queue
;
5548 XPutBackEvent (display
, &queue_tmp
->event
);
5549 queue
= queue_tmp
->next
;
5550 xfree ((char *)queue_tmp
);
5554 /* Start queuing SelectionRequest events. */
5557 x_start_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
5560 x_queue_selection_requests
++;
5563 /* Stop queuing SelectionRequest events. */
5566 x_stop_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
5569 x_queue_selection_requests
--;
5570 x_unqueue_events (display
);
5573 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5576 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5577 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5578 sometimes don't work. */
5580 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5583 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5584 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5585 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5586 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5588 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5589 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5591 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5593 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5594 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5596 static int temp_index
;
5597 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5599 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5600 on a particular display. */
5602 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5604 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5605 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5606 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5607 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5609 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5611 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5614 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5615 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5616 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5617 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5618 if (numchars >= 1) \
5620 bufp->kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5621 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); \
5630 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5631 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5641 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5642 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5643 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5645 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5647 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5651 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5652 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5655 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5656 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5657 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5660 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5661 event
->xclient
.window
);
5663 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5668 static struct x_display_info
*current_dpyinfo
;
5669 static struct input_event
**current_bufp
;
5670 static int *current_numcharsp
;
5671 static int current_count
;
5672 static int current_finish
;
5674 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5675 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5676 so we have a chanse to act on the event before GTK. */
5677 static GdkFilterReturn
5678 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5683 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*)gxev
;
5685 if (current_numcharsp
)
5688 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5689 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5690 so we do it here. */
5691 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5692 if (x_filter_event (current_dpyinfo
, xev
))
5693 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5695 current_count
+= handle_one_xevent (current_dpyinfo
,
5702 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, GDK_DISPLAY ());
5704 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5705 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5707 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5709 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5712 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5714 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5715 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5716 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5718 Events representing keys are stored in buffer *BUFP_R,
5719 which can hold up to *NUMCHARSP characters.
5720 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5723 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, bufp_r
, numcharsp
, finish
)
5724 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5726 /* register */ struct input_event
**bufp_r
;
5727 /* register */ int *numcharsp
;
5733 struct coding_system coding
;
5734 struct input_event
*bufp
= *bufp_r
;
5735 int numchars
= *numcharsp
;
5736 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5738 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5744 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5745 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5746 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5748 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5749 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5751 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5752 could be the shell widget window
5753 if the frame has no title bar. */
5754 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5756 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5757 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5758 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5760 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5761 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5762 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5763 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5764 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5767 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5768 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5769 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5770 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5773 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5774 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5775 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5778 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5779 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5780 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5781 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
5782 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5783 /* The ICCCM says this is
5784 the only valid choice. */
5786 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5787 /* This is needed to detect the error
5788 if there is an error. */
5790 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
5792 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5795 else if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5796 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5798 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5799 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5800 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5801 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5802 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5803 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5804 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5805 session manager and one for this. */
5808 && ! x_session_have_connection ()
5812 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5813 event
.xclient
.window
);
5814 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5815 for a single Emacs process. */
5816 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5817 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5818 event
.xclient
.window
,
5819 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5821 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5822 event
.xclient
.window
,
5826 else if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5827 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5830 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5831 event
.xclient
.window
);
5838 bufp
->kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5839 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
5847 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5850 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5851 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5854 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5855 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5859 = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5861 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5862 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5866 f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5867 f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
= new_y
;
5871 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5872 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5875 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5876 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5879 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5880 else if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5881 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5882 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5883 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5885 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5886 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5887 currently never do because we are interested in
5888 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5889 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5891 = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5892 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5893 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5895 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5896 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5897 we construct an input_event. */
5898 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5899 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5901 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, bufp
);
5902 ++bufp
, ++count
, --numchars
;
5905 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5911 case SelectionNotify
:
5912 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5913 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5915 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5916 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5919 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5920 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5921 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5923 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5925 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5930 bufp
->kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5931 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp
) = eventp
->display
;
5932 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp
) = eventp
->selection
;
5933 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp
) = eventp
->time
;
5934 bufp
->frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5943 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5944 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5945 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5947 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5948 if (x_queue_selection_requests
)
5949 x_queue_event (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
),
5953 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5954 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5959 bufp
->kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5960 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp
) = eventp
->display
;
5961 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (bufp
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5962 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp
) = eventp
->selection
;
5963 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (bufp
) = eventp
->target
;
5964 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (bufp
) = eventp
->property
;
5965 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp
) = eventp
->time
;
5966 bufp
->frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5975 case PropertyNotify
:
5976 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5977 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5978 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5979 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5980 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
5984 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5987 case ReparentNotify
:
5988 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5992 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5993 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5994 f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
= x
;
5995 f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
= y
;
6001 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6004 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6006 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6008 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6009 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6010 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6011 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6014 expose_frame (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
6015 event
.xexpose
.window
),
6016 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6017 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6021 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6022 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6024 #if defined USE_LUCID
6025 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6026 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6027 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6030 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6032 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6034 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6036 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6037 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6039 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6040 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6043 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6044 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6047 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6048 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6052 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6053 source area was obscured or not
6055 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6059 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6060 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6061 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6063 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6066 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6069 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6070 source area was completely
6075 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6076 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6079 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6082 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6083 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6084 the frame was deleted. */
6086 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6087 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6088 display that won't ever be seen. */
6089 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6090 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6091 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6092 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6093 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6094 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6095 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6096 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6098 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6100 bufp
->kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6101 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6111 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6112 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6113 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6116 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6117 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6118 frame is visible. */
6119 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6122 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
6123 the frame's display structures.
6124 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6125 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6126 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6127 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6128 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6129 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6131 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6132 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6133 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6137 bufp
->kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6138 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6144 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6145 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6146 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6147 to update the frame titles
6148 in case this is the second frame. */
6149 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6155 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6156 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6157 if (popup_activated ())
6161 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6163 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6165 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6166 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6169 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6172 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6173 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6174 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6176 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6178 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6179 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6182 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6186 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6187 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6188 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6191 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6192 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6193 status_return even if the input is too long to
6194 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6195 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6196 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6197 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6198 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6199 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6200 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6202 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6205 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6206 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6207 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6209 /* This will have to go some day... */
6211 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6212 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6213 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6214 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6215 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6216 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6217 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6219 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6220 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6221 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6222 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6223 not it is combined with Meta. */
6224 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6225 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6230 Status status_return
;
6232 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6233 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6234 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6235 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6237 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6239 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6240 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6241 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6242 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6243 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6246 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6247 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6248 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6249 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6250 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6251 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6252 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6253 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6255 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6257 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6258 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6259 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6262 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6268 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6270 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6275 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6276 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6280 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6281 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6284 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6285 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6289 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6295 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6296 translations to characters. */
6297 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6298 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6300 bufp
->kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6301 bufp
->code
= keysym
;
6302 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6305 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6307 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6312 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6313 else if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6314 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6318 bufp
->kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6319 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6320 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6321 bufp
->code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6322 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6325 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6327 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6332 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6333 else if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6334 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6335 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6336 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6337 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6339 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6340 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6342 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6343 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6344 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6345 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6346 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6347 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6349 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6350 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6352 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6353 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6355 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6356 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6358 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6359 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6361 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6362 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6364 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6365 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6367 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6368 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6370 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6371 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6373 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6374 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6376 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6377 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6379 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6380 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6382 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6383 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6385 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6386 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6388 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6389 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6390 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6391 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6392 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6393 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6395 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6396 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6399 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6401 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6402 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6403 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6404 don't have real modifiers but
6405 should be treated similarly to
6406 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6407 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6408 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6410 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6411 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6415 if (temp_index
== sizeof temp_buffer
/ sizeof (short))
6417 temp_buffer
[temp_index
++] = keysym
;
6418 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6420 bufp
->kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6421 bufp
->code
= keysym
;
6422 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6425 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6427 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6432 else if (numchars
> nbytes
)
6433 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6438 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6439 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6440 we used just above and the locale. */
6441 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6442 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6443 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6444 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6445 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6446 gives us composition information. */
6447 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6449 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6451 if (temp_index
== (sizeof temp_buffer
6454 temp_buffer
[temp_index
++] = copy_bufptr
[i
];
6458 /* Decode the input data. */
6462 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6463 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6464 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6465 /* We explicitely disable composition
6466 handling because key data should
6467 not contain any composition
6469 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6470 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
,
6472 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6473 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6477 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6478 character events. */
6479 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6481 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6482 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6484 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6487 bufp
->kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6488 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6489 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6491 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6494 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6496 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6503 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6513 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6514 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6523 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6524 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6535 n
= x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, bufp
, numchars
);
6538 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6541 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6544 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6546 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6547 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6549 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6551 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6552 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6555 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6556 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6559 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6560 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6561 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6562 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6570 n
= x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, bufp
, numchars
);
6573 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6583 n
= x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, bufp
, numchars
);
6586 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6590 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6593 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6595 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6596 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6597 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6598 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6601 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6602 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6603 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6604 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6605 if (any_help_event_p
)
6610 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6611 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6612 n
= gen_help_event (bufp
, numchars
,
6613 Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6614 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6624 n
= x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, bufp
, numchars
);
6627 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6635 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6636 help_echo_string
= help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
6639 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6640 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6641 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6643 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6645 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6647 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6648 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6654 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6655 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6659 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6660 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6663 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6664 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6665 will be selected iff it is active. */
6667 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6668 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6671 bufp
->kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6672 bufp
->frame_or_window
= window
;
6674 ++bufp
, ++count
, --numchars
;
6679 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6683 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6684 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6685 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.window
);
6688 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6689 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6691 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6692 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6693 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6696 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6697 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6698 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6699 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6705 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6709 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6710 n
= gen_help_event (bufp
, numchars
, help_echo_string
, frame
,
6711 help_echo_window
, help_echo_object
,
6713 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6719 case ConfigureNotify
:
6720 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6723 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6725 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6726 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6727 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6728 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6729 do this one, the right one will come later.
6730 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6731 need to reset it below. */
6733 ((f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6734 && FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f
) != 0);
6735 int rows
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6736 int columns
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6740 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6741 is called by the code that handles resizing
6742 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6744 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6745 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6746 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6747 if (columns
!= f
->width
6748 || rows
!= f
->height
6749 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_width
6750 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_height
)
6752 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6753 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6754 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6756 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6759 f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_width
= event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6760 f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_height
= event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6763 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6764 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6765 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6766 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6769 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6770 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6771 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
,
6772 &f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
);
6774 x_check_fullscreen_move (f
);
6775 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6776 f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
&=
6777 ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6782 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6783 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6786 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6788 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6789 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6790 f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6791 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6799 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6800 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6801 struct input_event emacs_event
;
6804 emacs_event
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
6805 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6807 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6809 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6810 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6812 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6816 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6817 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6818 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)->height
))
6821 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6822 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6824 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6825 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6827 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6828 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6830 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6831 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6832 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6838 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6839 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6841 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6842 if (! popup_activated ())
6844 construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event
, &event
, f
);
6849 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6850 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.window
);
6852 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6853 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6855 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6857 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &emacs_event
);
6858 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6860 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6862 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &emacs_event
);
6863 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6866 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6868 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6869 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6870 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
6871 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
6872 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
6878 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6881 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6883 if (numchars
>= 1 && emacs_event
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6885 bcopy (&emacs_event
, bufp
, sizeof (struct input_event
));
6891 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6892 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6893 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6894 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6895 Instead, save it away
6896 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6897 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6900 ! popup_activated ()
6903 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6904 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6905 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6906 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6907 && event
.xbutton
.x
< f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_width
6908 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6909 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6910 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6912 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6913 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6915 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6918 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6920 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6924 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6925 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6926 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6928 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6930 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6931 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6932 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6937 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6940 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6944 case CirculateNotify
:
6947 case CirculateRequest
:
6950 case VisibilityNotify
:
6954 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6956 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6958 case MappingModifier
:
6959 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6960 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6961 case MappingKeyboard
:
6962 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6968 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6970 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6971 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6973 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6980 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6984 *numcharsp
= numchars
;
6991 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6992 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6993 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6995 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6997 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
7001 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7002 struct input_event bufp
[10];
7003 struct input_event
*bufpp
= bufp
;
7005 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7007 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7008 if (dpyinfo
->display
== display
)
7014 events
= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
,
7019 for (i
= 0; i
< events
; ++i
)
7020 kbd_buffer_store_event (&bufp
[i
]);
7027 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7028 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7029 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7031 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
7032 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
7033 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7034 thus pretending to be `read'.
7036 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7039 XTread_socket (sd
, bufp
, numchars
, expected
)
7041 /* register */ struct input_event
*bufp
;
7042 /* register */ int numchars
;
7047 int event_found
= 0;
7048 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7050 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7052 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7056 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7059 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7060 input_signal_count
++;
7063 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
7067 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
7068 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
7069 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7071 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
7073 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
7074 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
7075 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7076 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7077 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7078 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7081 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7082 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7083 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7084 for X connections. */
7087 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7089 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7090 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7091 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7092 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7094 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7098 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7099 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7101 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7102 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7107 count
+= x_session_check_input (bufp
, &numchars
);
7112 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7113 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7114 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7115 that is kind of ugly, but it works. */
7116 current_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
7118 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7121 current_count
= count
;
7122 current_numcharsp
= &numchars
;
7123 current_bufp
= &bufp
;
7125 gtk_main_iteration ();
7127 count
= current_count
;
7129 current_numcharsp
= 0;
7131 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7135 #else /* not USE_GTK */
7136 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7140 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7143 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7144 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7149 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
,
7155 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7158 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7163 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7164 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7167 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7168 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7169 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7171 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7175 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7176 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7178 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7180 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7181 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7185 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7187 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7188 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7190 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7191 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7202 /***********************************************************************
7204 ***********************************************************************/
7206 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7207 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7208 WHOLE_LINE_P non-zero means include the areas used for truncation
7209 mark display and alike in the clipping rectangle.
7211 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7212 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7213 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7216 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
, whole_line_p
)
7218 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7222 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7223 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7224 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
, window_height
;
7226 window_box (w
, -1, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, &window_height
);
7228 clip_rect
.x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0);
7229 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
7230 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7231 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7232 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7234 /* If clipping to the whole line, including trunc marks, extend
7235 the rectangle to the left and increase its width. */
7238 clip_rect
.x
-= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
7239 clip_rect
.width
+= FRAME_X_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
7242 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7246 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7249 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7251 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7253 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7254 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7255 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7258 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7261 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
7263 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7264 y
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
)
7265 + row
->ascent
- w
->phys_cursor_ascent
);
7266 h
= row
->height
- 1;
7268 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7269 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7270 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7271 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7274 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
7275 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
7276 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
7278 wd
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- 1;
7279 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
7280 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
7281 wd
= min (CANON_X_UNIT (f
), wd
);
7282 w
->phys_cursor_width
= wd
;
7284 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7285 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7286 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7287 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7288 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7290 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7291 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7292 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7294 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7295 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
, 0);
7296 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7297 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7301 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7303 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7304 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7305 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7309 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7311 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7313 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7315 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7316 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7318 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7319 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7321 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7322 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7325 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7326 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7327 the bar might not be in the window. */
7328 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7330 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7331 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7332 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7336 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7337 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7338 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7339 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7340 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7343 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7344 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7345 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7346 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7347 that the glyph is legible. */
7348 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7349 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7351 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7352 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7355 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7358 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7359 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7363 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7364 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7366 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7367 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
, 0);
7369 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7370 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7371 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7372 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7373 width
, row
->height
);
7375 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7376 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7377 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7378 row
->height
- width
),
7379 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7382 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7387 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7390 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7394 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7398 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7401 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7403 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7405 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7406 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7410 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7413 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7415 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7417 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7420 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7424 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7425 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7427 switch (cursor_type
)
7429 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7430 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7433 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7434 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7438 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7442 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7446 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7454 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7455 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7456 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7461 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7462 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7469 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7472 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7478 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7481 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap if any. */
7482 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7483 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7484 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7487 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7490 /* Create the GNU bitmap if necessary. */
7491 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7492 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
7493 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
7494 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
7496 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap,
7497 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7498 As a result, the GNU bitmap is never freed.
7499 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7500 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7502 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7505 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7506 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7512 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7513 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7516 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7520 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7526 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7527 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7529 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7530 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7532 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7533 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7534 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7536 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7537 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7538 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7539 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7544 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7546 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7547 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7549 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
7551 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7552 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7553 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7556 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7560 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7561 SDATA (x_error_message_string
),
7562 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7565 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7566 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7569 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7570 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7571 stored in x_error_message_string.
7573 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7574 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7576 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7578 void x_check_errors ();
7579 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7582 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7585 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7587 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7590 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
,
7591 Fcons (make_save_value (dpy
, 0),
7592 x_error_message_string
));
7594 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7595 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7600 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7603 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
7604 Lisp_Object old_val
;
7608 first
= XCAR (old_val
);
7610 XSync (XSAVE_VALUE (first
)->pointer
, False
);
7612 x_error_message_string
= XCDR (old_val
);
7616 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7617 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7618 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7621 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7625 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7628 if (SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0))
7629 error (format
, SDATA (x_error_message_string
));
7632 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7633 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7636 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7639 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7642 return SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0) != 0;
7645 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7648 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7651 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7654 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7655 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7656 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7657 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7660 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
7664 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7668 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7671 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7676 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7677 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7678 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7679 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7680 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7683 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7684 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7687 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7688 must reestablish each time */
7689 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7694 /************************************************************************
7696 ************************************************************************/
7698 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7700 static char *error_msg
;
7702 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7703 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7704 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7707 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7709 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7713 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7714 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7717 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7719 char *error_message
;
7721 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7722 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7725 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7726 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7727 handling_signal
= 0;
7729 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7730 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7731 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7732 the original message here. */
7733 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7735 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7736 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7737 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7739 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7740 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7741 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7743 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7744 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7746 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7747 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7748 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7750 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7751 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7752 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7755 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7756 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7757 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7758 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7762 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7764 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7766 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7767 that are on the dead display. */
7768 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7770 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7772 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7773 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7774 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7775 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7776 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7777 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7780 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7781 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7782 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7783 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7784 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7785 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7787 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7788 trying to find a replacement. */
7789 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7790 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7794 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7796 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
7798 if (x_display_list
== 0)
7800 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7801 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7805 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7807 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7809 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7810 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7812 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7813 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7817 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7818 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7819 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7822 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7826 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7828 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7829 original error handler. */
7831 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7832 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7833 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7834 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7838 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7839 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7842 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7846 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
7847 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7849 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7853 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7854 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7855 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7858 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7863 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7864 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7868 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7870 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7871 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7872 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7873 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7876 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7878 register char *fontname
;
7880 struct font_info
*fontp
7881 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7886 f
->output_data
.x
->font
= (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7887 f
->output_data
.x
->baseline_offset
= fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7888 f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
= -1;
7890 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7892 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7893 if (f
->scroll_bar_pixel_width
> 0)
7895 int wid
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
7896 f
->scroll_bar_cols
= (f
->scroll_bar_pixel_width
+ wid
-1) / wid
;
7900 int wid
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
7901 f
->scroll_bar_cols
= (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7904 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7905 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7907 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7908 f
->output_data
.x
->font
->fid
);
7909 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7910 f
->output_data
.x
->font
->fid
);
7911 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7912 f
->output_data
.x
->font
->fid
);
7914 frame_update_line_height (f
);
7916 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7917 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7918 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7919 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7920 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, f
->width
, f
->height
);
7923 /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time,
7924 there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */
7925 f
->output_data
.x
->line_height
= FONT_HEIGHT (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
7927 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7930 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7931 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7932 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7933 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7936 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7940 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7946 if (f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
== fontset
)
7947 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7949 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7951 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7953 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7954 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7957 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7958 f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
= fontset
;
7962 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7963 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7966 return build_string (fontsetname
);
7970 /***********************************************************************
7972 ***********************************************************************/
7978 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7979 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7980 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7983 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
7985 XPointer client_data
;
7988 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7989 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7993 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7994 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7996 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7997 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7999 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8000 if (FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
))
8002 XFreeFontSet (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
));
8003 FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
) = NULL
;
8008 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8009 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8010 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8014 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8017 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8018 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8021 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8022 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8025 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8026 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8027 char *resource_name
;
8032 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
8038 XIMCallback destroy
;
8041 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8042 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8045 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8046 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8047 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8051 #else /* not USE_XIM */
8052 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8053 #endif /* not USE_XIM */
8057 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8061 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8062 char *resource_name
;
8065 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8066 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8067 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8068 when the callback was registered. */
8071 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8073 XPointer client_data
;
8076 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8077 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8079 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8083 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8085 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8086 as they have no XIC. */
8087 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8089 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8092 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8094 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8096 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8097 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8099 create_frame_xic (f
);
8100 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8101 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8102 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8104 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8105 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8114 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8117 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8118 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8119 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8120 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8123 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8124 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8125 char *resource_name
;
8128 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8129 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8132 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8133 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8134 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8135 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8136 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8137 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8138 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8139 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8140 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8141 /* Fixme: This is XPointer in
8142 XFree86 but (XPointer *) on
8144 (XPointer
) xim_inst
);
8145 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8146 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8147 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8148 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8150 #else /* not USE_XIM */
8151 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8152 #endif /* not USE_XIM */
8156 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8159 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8160 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8163 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8164 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8165 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8167 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8168 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8169 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8170 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8171 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8172 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8173 #endif /* USE_XIM */
8176 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8180 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8181 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8184 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8188 int win_x
= 0, win_y
= 0;
8189 int flags
= f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
;
8192 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8193 is already for the top-left corner. */
8194 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8197 this_window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8199 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
8200 the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
8201 But do this only if we will need the results. */
8202 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8207 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8210 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8211 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8213 /* From-window, to-window. */
8215 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
,
8217 /* From-position, to-position. */
8218 0, 0, &win_x
, &win_y
,
8222 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
8224 Window newroot
, newparent
= 0xdeadbeef;
8225 Window
*newchildren
;
8226 unsigned int nchildren
;
8228 if (! XQueryTree (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), this_window
, &newroot
,
8229 &newparent
, &newchildren
, &nchildren
))
8232 XFree ((char *) newchildren
);
8234 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= newparent
;
8240 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
8244 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8245 position that fits on the screen. */
8246 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8247 f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8248 - 2 * f
->output_data
.x
->border_width
- win_x
8250 + f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
);
8253 int height
= PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8255 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8256 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8257 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8259 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8260 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8261 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8262 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8265 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8266 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8268 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8271 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8272 f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
8273 - 2 * f
->output_data
.x
->border_width
8276 + f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
);
8279 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8280 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8281 so the flags should correspond. */
8282 f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8285 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8286 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8287 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8288 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8289 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8292 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8294 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8297 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8299 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8301 f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
= yoff
;
8302 f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
= xoff
;
8303 f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8305 f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8307 f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8308 f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8310 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8313 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8315 modified_left
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
8316 modified_top
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
8317 #if 0 /* Running on psilocin (Debian), and displaying on the NCD X-terminal,
8318 this seems to be unnecessary and incorrect. rms, 4/17/97. */
8319 /* It is a mystery why we need to add the border_width here
8320 when the frame is already visible, but experiment says we do. */
8321 if (change_gravity
!= 0)
8323 modified_left
+= f
->output_data
.x
->border_width
;
8324 modified_top
+= f
->output_data
.x
->border_width
;
8328 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8329 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8333 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8334 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8336 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8339 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8341 int width
, height
, ign
;
8343 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
,
8344 &f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
);
8346 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8348 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8349 when setting WM manager hints.
8350 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8351 x_check_fullscreen_move. */
8352 if (f
->width
!= width
|| f
->height
!= height
)
8354 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8355 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8356 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8358 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8359 f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8364 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8365 the window. This is done in xfns.c.
8366 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8367 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8368 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8369 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8371 x_check_fullscreen_move (f
)
8374 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_MOVE_WAIT
)
8376 int expect_top
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
8377 int expect_left
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
8379 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8381 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8384 if (expect_top
!= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
8385 || expect_left
!= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
)
8386 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 1);
8388 /* Just do this once */
8389 f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
&= ~FULLSCREEN_MOVE_WAIT
;
8394 /* Calculate fullscreen size. Return in *TOP_POS and *LEFT_POS the
8395 wanted positions of the WM window (not emacs window).
8396 Return in *WIDTH and *HEIGHT the wanted width and height of Emacs
8397 window (FRAME_X_WINDOW).
8400 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, width
, height
, top_pos
, left_pos
)
8407 int newwidth
= f
->width
, newheight
= f
->height
;
8409 *top_pos
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
8410 *left_pos
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
8412 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8416 ph
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
;
8417 newheight
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f
, ph
);
8418 ph
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, newheight
)
8419 - f
->output_data
.x
->y_pixels_diff
;
8420 newheight
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f
, ph
);
8424 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8428 pw
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
;
8429 newwidth
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f
, pw
);
8430 pw
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, newwidth
)
8431 - f
->output_data
.x
->x_pixels_diff
;
8432 newwidth
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f
, pw
);
8437 *height
= newheight
;
8441 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8442 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8443 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8444 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8447 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8452 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8454 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8455 f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
8456 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8458 : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8459 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8460 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
)));
8462 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8464 pixelwidth
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8465 pixelheight
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8467 f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8468 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8470 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8471 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8472 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8474 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8475 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8476 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8477 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8479 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8480 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8481 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8482 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8483 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8485 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8487 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8488 PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8489 PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8491 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8492 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8493 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8494 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8495 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8497 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8501 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8502 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8503 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8504 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8507 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8515 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8516 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8518 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8521 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8523 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8524 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8525 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8526 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8527 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8528 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8529 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8530 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8531 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8534 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8536 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8538 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8540 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8542 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8543 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8545 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8546 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8547 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8548 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8549 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8554 /* Mouse warping. */
8557 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8563 pix_x
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f
, x
) + FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
) / 2;
8564 pix_y
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f
, y
) + f
->output_data
.x
->line_height
/ 2;
8566 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8567 if (pix_x
> PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8569 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8570 if (pix_y
> PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8574 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8575 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8579 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8582 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8588 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8589 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8593 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8596 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8599 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8603 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8604 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8605 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8606 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8607 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8616 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8617 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8618 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8619 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8623 /* Raise frame F. */
8629 if (f
->async_visible
)
8632 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8633 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8638 /* Lower frame F. */
8644 if (f
->async_visible
)
8647 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8648 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8654 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8664 /* Change of visibility. */
8666 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8667 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8668 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8669 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8670 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8671 finishes with it. */
8674 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8678 int original_top
, original_left
;
8679 int retry_count
= 2;
8685 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8687 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8689 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8691 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8692 call x_set_offset a second time
8693 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8694 before the window gets really visible. */
8695 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8696 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8697 x_set_offset (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
, f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
, 0);
8699 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8701 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8702 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8703 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8704 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8705 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8706 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8708 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8709 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8711 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8712 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8713 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8714 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8715 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8716 to come back ok without this. */
8717 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8718 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8722 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8724 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8725 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8726 so that incoming events are handled. */
8730 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8731 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8732 will set it when they are handled. */
8733 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8735 original_left
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
8736 original_top
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
8738 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8741 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8743 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8744 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8745 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8746 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8748 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8749 because the window manager may choose the position
8750 and we don't want to override it. */
8752 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8753 && f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8754 && previously_visible
)
8758 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8762 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8763 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8764 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8765 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8766 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8767 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8768 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8769 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8770 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8772 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8773 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8774 original_left
, original_top
);
8779 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8781 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8782 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8783 MapNotify at all.. */
8784 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8785 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8787 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8790 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8791 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8792 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8793 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8794 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8796 if (input_polling_used ())
8798 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8799 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8800 handler reset it. */
8801 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8802 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8803 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8804 poll_for_input_1 ();
8805 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8808 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8809 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8814 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8818 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8819 FreeBSD, Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8820 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8821 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8823 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8828 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8830 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8833 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8838 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8839 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8841 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8842 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8843 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8845 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8846 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8852 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8853 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8854 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8855 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8856 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8857 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8860 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8861 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8867 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8868 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8870 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8871 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8873 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8875 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8876 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8880 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8881 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8882 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8883 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8884 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8885 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8887 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8890 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8891 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8895 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8896 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8897 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8900 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8901 just by the event that we get from the server.
8902 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8903 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8904 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8906 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8907 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8908 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8915 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8924 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8925 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8926 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8928 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8933 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8935 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8937 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8940 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8942 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8943 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8945 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8948 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8949 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8955 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8957 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8959 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8960 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8961 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8962 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8963 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8964 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8965 so we have to record it here. */
8968 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8969 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8974 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8975 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8976 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8980 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8982 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8983 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8987 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8989 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8991 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8992 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8993 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8994 x_set_offset (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
, f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
, 0);
8996 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8997 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8999 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9000 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9004 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9005 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9006 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9007 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9008 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9010 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9011 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9013 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9016 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9017 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9021 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9023 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9025 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9027 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9028 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9031 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9032 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9034 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9036 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9040 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9043 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9046 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9048 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9052 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9053 commands to the X server. */
9054 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9056 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9057 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9059 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9060 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9061 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9062 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9063 toolkit scroll bars. */
9064 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9066 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9067 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9076 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9077 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9079 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9080 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9082 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9083 we are using a toolkit. */
9084 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9085 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9087 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9088 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9091 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9092 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9093 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9095 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9096 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9097 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9099 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9101 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9102 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9103 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9105 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
9106 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
9107 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9108 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9109 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9110 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9112 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9113 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9114 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9115 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9116 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9117 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9118 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9119 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9120 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9121 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9122 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9123 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9124 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9125 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9126 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9128 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9129 free_frame_faces (f
);
9132 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9135 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9136 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9138 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9139 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9141 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9142 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9143 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9144 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9145 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9146 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9148 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9150 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9151 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9152 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9153 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9154 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9155 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9156 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9163 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9166 x_destroy_window (f
)
9169 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9171 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9172 commands to the X server. */
9173 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9174 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9176 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9180 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9182 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9183 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9184 that the window now has.
9185 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9186 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9187 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9191 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9196 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9198 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9201 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9204 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9206 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9207 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9209 size_hints
.x
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
9210 size_hints
.y
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
9212 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9213 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9214 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9215 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9216 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9217 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9218 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9219 size_hints
.height
= PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9220 size_hints
.width
= PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9221 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9223 size_hints
.width_inc
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
9224 size_hints
.height_inc
= f
->output_data
.x
->line_height
;
9225 size_hints
.max_width
9226 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9227 size_hints
.max_height
9228 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9230 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9232 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9233 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9234 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9236 int base_width
, base_height
;
9237 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9239 base_width
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9240 base_height
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9242 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9244 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9245 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9246 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9247 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9248 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9250 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9251 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9252 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9255 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9256 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9257 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9258 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9259 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9261 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9262 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9266 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9269 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9272 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9275 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9276 long supplied_return
;
9280 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9283 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9286 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9287 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9288 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9289 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9290 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9294 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9299 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9300 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9301 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9302 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9303 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9304 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9305 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9306 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9310 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9315 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
;
9316 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9320 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9321 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9323 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9326 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9328 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9331 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9333 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9336 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9340 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9343 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9344 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9345 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9346 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9348 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9349 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9351 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9352 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9356 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9362 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9363 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9368 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9369 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9373 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9374 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9375 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9376 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9377 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9378 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9379 best to explicitly give up. */
9381 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9387 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9391 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9392 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9395 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9397 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPixmapHint
;
9398 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9400 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9404 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9408 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9410 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9411 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9412 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9414 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9418 /***********************************************************************
9420 ***********************************************************************/
9422 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9425 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9429 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9433 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9435 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9438 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9440 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9441 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9442 on how many fonts to match. */
9445 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9447 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9451 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9452 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9453 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9454 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9455 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9456 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9458 int allow_scalable_fonts_p
= 0;
9462 allow_scalable_fonts_p
= 1;
9466 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9467 if (NILP (patterns
))
9468 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9470 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9471 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9472 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9474 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9477 char **names
= NULL
;
9479 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9480 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9481 The cache is an alist of the form:
9482 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9483 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9484 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9485 allow_scalable_fonts_p
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9486 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9489 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9490 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9494 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9497 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9499 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9502 unsigned long value
;
9504 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9505 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9507 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9508 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9510 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9514 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9516 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9517 int len
= strlen (name
);
9520 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9521 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9522 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9524 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9528 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9529 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9531 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9532 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9537 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9540 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9543 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9545 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9546 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9553 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9554 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9557 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9566 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9569 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9571 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9572 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9574 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9578 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9585 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9586 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9587 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9591 int average_width
= -1, dashes
= 0;
9593 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9594 14 dashes, and the field value following 12th dash
9595 (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a auto-scaled font which
9596 is usually too ugly to be used for editing. Let's
9602 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9604 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9605 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9608 if (allow_scalable_fonts_p
9609 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0)
9611 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9612 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9614 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9615 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9616 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9618 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9619 width of this font. */
9620 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9622 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9623 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9628 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9631 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9636 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9637 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9638 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9641 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9643 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9644 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9645 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9651 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9655 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9659 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9661 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9662 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9663 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9666 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9667 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9668 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9669 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9671 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9672 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9674 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9676 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9682 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9684 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9686 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9690 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9691 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9692 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9693 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9696 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9697 if (found_size
== size
)
9698 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9699 else if (found_size
> 0)
9701 if (NILP (second_best
))
9703 else if (found_size
< size
)
9705 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9706 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9711 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9712 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9717 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9719 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9721 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9732 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9736 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9741 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9743 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9745 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9746 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9747 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9750 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9753 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9755 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9756 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9757 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9758 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9759 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9762 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9766 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9767 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9769 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9770 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9771 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9773 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9777 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9778 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9779 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9780 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9781 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9784 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9788 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9790 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9791 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9793 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9794 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9796 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9797 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9799 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9802 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9803 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9804 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9806 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9807 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9810 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9811 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9813 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9814 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9815 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9819 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9820 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9821 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9822 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9825 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9827 register char *fontname
;
9830 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9831 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9834 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9835 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9836 we already have by comparing names. */
9837 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9839 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9844 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9845 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9846 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9847 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9848 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9849 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9850 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9851 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9854 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9858 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9859 unsigned long value
;
9862 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9863 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9864 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9865 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9866 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9867 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9868 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9871 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9872 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9873 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9875 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9876 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9878 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9880 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
9885 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9886 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9887 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9890 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9891 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9892 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9895 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9896 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9898 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9901 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9902 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9905 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9908 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9909 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9910 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9912 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9914 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9916 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9920 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9921 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9923 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9934 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9935 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9942 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9944 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9946 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9947 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9949 if (NILP (font_names
))
9951 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9952 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9953 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9954 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9955 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9956 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9959 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9961 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9962 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9964 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9967 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9969 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9971 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9972 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9974 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9978 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9979 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9980 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9981 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9982 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9983 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
9984 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9985 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9987 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
9989 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9990 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9991 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
9992 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
9993 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
9995 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
9996 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
9997 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9998 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9999 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
10000 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
10001 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
10002 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
10003 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10004 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10005 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
10006 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
10007 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
10009 fontp
->baseline_offset
10010 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
10011 ? (long) value
: 0);
10012 fontp
->relative_compose
10013 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
10014 ? (long) value
: 0);
10015 fontp
->default_ascent
10016 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
10017 ? (long) value
: 0);
10019 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
10020 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
10021 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
10022 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
10023 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
10024 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
10031 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
10032 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
10035 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
10037 register char *fontname
;
10039 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10042 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10043 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10044 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
10045 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
10046 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
10051 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
10052 `encoder' of the structure. */
10055 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
10056 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10058 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
10061 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10065 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
10066 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
10068 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
10075 struct ccl_program
*ccl
10076 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
10078 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
10081 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10087 /***********************************************************************
10089 ***********************************************************************/
10091 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10092 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10093 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10094 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10096 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10097 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10098 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10100 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10101 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10102 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10103 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10104 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10105 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10106 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10108 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10110 static int x_initialized
;
10112 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10113 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10114 the screen number from the server number. */
10116 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10117 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10119 int seen_colon
= 0;
10120 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10121 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10122 int length_until_period
= 0;
10124 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10125 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10126 length_until_period
++;
10128 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10129 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10131 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10133 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10134 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10135 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10136 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10137 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10138 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10139 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10140 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10141 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10142 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10143 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10144 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10145 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10146 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10148 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10152 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10156 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10157 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10161 struct x_display_info
*
10162 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10163 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10165 char *resource_name
;
10169 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10174 if (!x_initialized
)
10182 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10184 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10185 char **argv2
= argv
;
10188 /* GTK 2.0 can only handle one display, GTK 2.2 can handle more
10189 than one, but this remains to be implemented. */
10190 if (x_initialized
> 1)
10195 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10199 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10201 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10203 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10204 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10207 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10208 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10211 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10214 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10216 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10220 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10222 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10223 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10225 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10227 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10228 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10229 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10231 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10232 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10233 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name(s
, Qnil
);
10235 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
))
10236 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10241 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10242 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10244 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10245 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10246 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10248 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10249 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10250 So let's not use it until R6. */
10251 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10252 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10263 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10264 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10266 turn_on_atimers (0);
10267 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10268 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10269 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10271 turn_on_atimers (1);
10273 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10274 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10279 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10281 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10283 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10284 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10285 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10287 /* Detect failure. */
10294 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10296 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10297 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10299 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10301 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10304 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10305 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10306 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10307 SDATA (display_name
)))
10310 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10313 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10314 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10315 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10317 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10319 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10320 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10321 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10325 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10326 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10327 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10328 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10329 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10330 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10331 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10333 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10337 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10338 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10339 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10341 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10342 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10343 x_display_name_list
);
10344 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10346 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10349 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10353 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10354 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10356 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10357 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10359 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10360 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10362 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10363 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10364 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10366 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10367 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10368 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10369 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10371 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10373 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10375 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10377 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10378 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10379 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10380 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10381 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10382 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10383 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10384 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10385 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10386 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10387 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10388 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10389 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10390 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10391 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10392 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10393 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10394 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10395 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10396 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10397 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10398 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10399 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10400 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10401 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10402 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10403 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10404 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10405 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10406 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10407 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10409 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10410 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10412 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10415 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10416 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10417 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10419 if (STRINGP (value
)
10420 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10421 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10422 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10426 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10427 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10430 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10431 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10432 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10433 dpyinfo
->resy
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10434 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10435 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10436 dpyinfo
->resx
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10439 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10440 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10441 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10442 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10443 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10444 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10445 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10446 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10447 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10448 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10449 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10450 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10451 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10452 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10453 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10454 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10455 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10456 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10457 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10458 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10459 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10460 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10461 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10462 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10463 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10464 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10465 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10466 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10467 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10468 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10469 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10470 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10471 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10472 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10473 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10474 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10475 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10476 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10477 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10478 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10479 /* For properties of font. */
10480 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10481 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10482 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10483 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10484 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10485 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10486 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10487 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10489 /* Ghostscript support. */
10490 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10491 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10493 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10496 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10498 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10499 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10504 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10506 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10507 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10508 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10513 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10514 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10516 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10518 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10519 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10523 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10526 #ifdef subprocesses
10527 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10528 if (connection
!= 0)
10529 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10532 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10534 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10535 /* stdin is a socket here */
10536 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10537 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10538 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10539 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10540 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10541 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10544 if (interrupt_input
)
10545 init_sigio (connection
);
10546 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10549 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10550 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10551 so that Xt does not crash. */
10553 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10554 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10558 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10559 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10560 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10561 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10562 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10563 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10564 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10565 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10567 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10568 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10569 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
10574 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10575 for debugging X code. */
10578 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10579 build_string ("synchronous"),
10580 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10582 if (STRINGP (value
)
10583 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10584 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10585 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10593 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10594 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10597 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10598 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10600 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10602 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10603 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10604 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10605 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10606 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10611 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10612 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10614 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10616 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10619 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10623 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10624 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10626 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10627 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10630 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10632 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10633 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10634 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10637 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10638 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10639 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10642 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10643 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10644 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10648 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10651 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10652 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10653 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10657 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10659 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10660 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10661 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10662 that slows us down. */
10665 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10666 struct atimer
*timer
;
10668 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10671 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10672 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10677 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10680 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10682 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10687 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10689 x_after_update_window_line
,
10690 x_update_window_begin
,
10691 x_update_window_end
,
10697 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10699 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10700 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10701 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10702 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10705 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10706 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10707 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10708 x_clear_frame_area
,
10709 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10710 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10711 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10717 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10719 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10720 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10721 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10722 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10723 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10724 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10725 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10726 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10727 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10728 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10729 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10730 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10731 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10732 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10733 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10734 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10735 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10736 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10738 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
10739 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10740 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
10741 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
10742 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
10747 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10748 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10750 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10751 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10753 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10754 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10756 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10758 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10759 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10760 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10761 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10762 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10763 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10764 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10766 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10768 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10769 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10770 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10771 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10772 widgets don't behave normally. */
10774 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10775 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10776 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10780 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10782 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10783 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10787 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10788 original error handler. */
10789 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10790 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10792 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10794 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10795 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10797 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10800 x_session_initialize ();
10808 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
10809 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
10811 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10812 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10814 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10815 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10817 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10818 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10820 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
10821 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
10822 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10823 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10825 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10826 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10828 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10829 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10830 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10831 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10832 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10833 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
10834 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10836 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10837 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10838 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10839 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10840 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10842 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10843 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10844 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10846 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10848 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10851 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10854 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10855 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10857 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10858 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10859 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10860 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10861 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10862 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10863 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10864 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10865 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10867 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10868 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10869 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10870 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10871 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10872 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10874 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10875 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10876 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10877 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10878 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10879 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10881 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10882 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10883 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10884 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10885 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10886 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10888 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10889 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10890 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10891 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10892 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10893 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10895 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10896 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10897 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10898 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10899 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10903 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */